1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
69 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
70 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
73 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
74 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
75 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
76 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
77 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
78 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
79 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
80 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
81 CIE = Common Information Entry
82 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
83 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
84 FDE = Frame Description Entry
85 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
86 how to restore registers
88 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
89 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
91 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
95 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
97 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
98 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
99 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
102 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
103 || flag_unwind_tables
104 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
109 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
111 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
114 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
115 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
117 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
119 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
121 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
122 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
123 int fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
124 int per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
125 int lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
129 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
130 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
131 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
132 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
133 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
134 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
136 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
);
138 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
143 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
145 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
147 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
150 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
151 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
152 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
155 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
157 default_eh_frame_section (void)
159 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
160 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
162 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
166 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
167 must be kept around forever. */
168 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
170 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
171 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
172 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
173 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types
;
175 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
176 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
177 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
178 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
179 define type declaration DIE's. */
180 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table
;
182 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
183 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
184 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
187 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
188 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
189 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
191 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
192 Information instructions. The register number, offset
193 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
194 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
196 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
198 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
204 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
206 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
207 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
208 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
209 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
213 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
215 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
216 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
217 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
219 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
224 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
225 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
226 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
227 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
228 of this structure. */
229 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
232 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
233 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
234 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
237 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
238 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
239 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
240 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
241 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
243 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
245 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
246 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
247 const char *dw_fde_end
;
248 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
249 unsigned funcdef_number
;
250 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
251 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
252 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
256 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
257 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
259 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
260 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
261 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
262 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
264 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
265 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
268 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
269 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
270 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
273 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
274 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
277 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
278 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
279 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
282 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
283 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
285 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
286 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
289 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
291 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
292 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
293 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
295 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
296 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
297 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
298 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
300 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
304 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
305 information for each routine. */
306 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
308 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
309 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
311 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
312 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
314 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
316 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
318 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
319 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
321 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
322 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
323 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
324 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
325 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
326 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
329 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
332 unsigned int refcount
;
337 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
339 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
340 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
342 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
344 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
346 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
347 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
348 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
349 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
350 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
351 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*);
352 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
353 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
354 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
355 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (rtx
);
356 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
357 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
358 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx
);
359 static void queue_reg_save (const char *, rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
360 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
361 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx
);
362 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
364 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
365 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
366 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
367 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
368 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
370 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
372 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
373 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
374 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
377 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
378 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
379 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
381 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
382 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
385 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
386 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
389 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
390 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
393 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
394 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
395 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
396 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
397 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
398 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
399 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
400 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
401 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
402 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
403 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
405 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
406 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
408 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
410 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
412 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
416 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
417 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
418 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
419 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
422 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
423 for the current function. */
424 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
425 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
428 /* Hook used by __throw. */
431 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
433 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
436 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
437 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
440 stripattributes (const char *s
)
442 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
447 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
454 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
457 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
460 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
461 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
462 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
463 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
465 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
466 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
468 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
469 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
472 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
473 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
474 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
476 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
478 wrote_return_column
= true;
480 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
484 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
487 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
488 if (! wrote_return_column
)
490 i
= DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
491 wrote_return_column
= false;
493 i
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
496 if (! wrote_return_column
)
498 enum machine_mode save_mode
= Pmode
;
499 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= i
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
500 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
501 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
505 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
508 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
512 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
513 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
515 return "DW_CFA_offset";
517 return "DW_CFA_restore";
521 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
522 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
523 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
524 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
525 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
526 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
527 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
528 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
529 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
530 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
531 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
532 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
533 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
534 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
535 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
536 case DW_CFA_register
:
537 return "DW_CFA_register";
538 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
539 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
540 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
541 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
543 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
544 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
545 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
546 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
547 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
550 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
551 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
552 case DW_CFA_expression
:
553 return "DW_CFA_expression";
554 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
555 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
556 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
557 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
558 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
559 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
561 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
562 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
563 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
566 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
567 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
568 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
569 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
570 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
571 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
574 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
578 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
580 static inline dw_cfi_ref
583 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
585 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
586 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
587 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
592 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
595 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
599 /* Find the end of the chain. */
600 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
606 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
609 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
611 static char label
[20];
613 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
614 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
618 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
619 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
622 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
626 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
629 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
631 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
632 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
636 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
638 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
640 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
641 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
642 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
645 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
649 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
652 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
655 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
657 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
659 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
660 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
662 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
663 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
666 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
667 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
669 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
670 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
677 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
680 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
684 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
687 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
689 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
690 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
692 if (fde_table_in_use
)
694 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
695 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
696 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
700 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
701 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
703 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
705 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
707 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
708 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
710 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
711 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
713 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
714 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
715 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
718 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
725 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
728 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
729 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
732 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
735 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
740 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
741 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
743 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
744 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
746 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
747 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
748 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
749 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
754 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
756 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
757 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
759 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
760 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
763 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
764 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
767 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
768 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
769 offset has not changed. */
770 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
771 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
775 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
777 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
778 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
779 the specified offset. */
780 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
781 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
782 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
786 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
787 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
788 register-offset pair is available. */
789 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
791 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
792 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
793 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
796 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
799 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
800 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
801 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
802 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
805 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
807 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
809 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
811 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
812 the value isn't a register number. */
813 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
816 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
818 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
820 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
822 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
824 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
825 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
826 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
828 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
830 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
834 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
836 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
838 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
840 else if (sreg
== reg
)
841 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
845 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
846 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
849 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
852 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
853 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
854 from the previous frame's window save area.
856 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
857 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
860 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
862 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
864 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
865 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
868 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
869 pushed onto the stack. */
872 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
876 if (size
== old_args_size
)
879 old_args_size
= size
;
882 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
883 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
884 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
887 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
888 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
891 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
893 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
896 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
897 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
900 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
902 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
905 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
906 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
909 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
911 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
914 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
915 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
918 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
920 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
921 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
923 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
926 /* RA is in a register. */
927 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
931 /* RA is on the stack. */
933 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
936 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
942 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
944 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
948 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
950 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
960 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
961 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
962 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
963 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
965 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
972 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
975 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
979 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern
)
981 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
982 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
983 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
986 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
988 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
989 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
990 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
991 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
992 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
995 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
999 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
1001 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1002 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1003 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1009 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1011 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1012 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1013 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
1014 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
1016 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1023 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1025 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1032 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1034 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1049 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1050 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1051 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1054 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn
)
1056 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1060 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1062 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1063 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1064 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1065 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1066 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1067 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1068 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1071 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1075 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1076 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1077 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1080 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1082 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1083 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1084 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1085 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1086 offset
= -args_size
;
1091 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1092 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1093 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1094 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1096 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1098 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1099 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1100 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1108 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1109 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1111 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1115 args_size
+= offset
;
1119 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1120 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1121 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1126 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1127 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1128 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1130 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1132 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1134 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1137 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1139 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1140 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1143 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1145 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1147 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1149 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1150 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1152 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1156 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1158 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1160 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1162 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1166 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1167 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1171 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn
)
1173 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1175 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1176 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1183 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1184 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1185 value, not an offset. */
1186 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1188 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1189 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1190 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1193 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1194 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1195 users need not read the source code.
1197 The High-Level Picture
1199 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1200 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1201 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1202 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1203 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1205 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1206 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1207 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1208 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1209 saves. This also seems to work.
1211 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1212 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1213 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1214 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1216 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1217 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1218 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1219 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1221 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1223 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1224 consists of a register and an offset.
1225 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1226 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1227 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1228 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1229 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1230 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1231 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1233 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1234 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1235 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1238 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1239 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1240 and cfa_temp.offset.
1242 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1245 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1246 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1247 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1251 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1252 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1255 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1256 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1257 cfa.offset unchanged
1258 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1259 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1262 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1263 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1264 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1265 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1266 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1267 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1270 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1271 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1272 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1275 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1276 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1278 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1279 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1280 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1283 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1284 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1286 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1287 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1290 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1291 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1292 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1295 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1296 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1297 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1300 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1304 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1305 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1306 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1309 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1310 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1311 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1313 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1316 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1317 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1318 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1320 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1323 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1326 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1327 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1330 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1331 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1332 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1335 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1336 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1337 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1338 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1341 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
1344 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1346 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1347 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1348 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1349 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1350 flag is set in them. */
1351 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1354 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1356 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1357 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1358 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1360 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1365 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1368 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1369 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1371 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1375 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1376 relative to the current CFA register. */
1377 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1379 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1381 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1387 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1388 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1389 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1390 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1391 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1392 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1393 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1399 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1403 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1406 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1409 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1411 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1417 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1419 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1420 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1422 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1424 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1425 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1427 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1430 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1432 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1433 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1434 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1435 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1437 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1440 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1441 or adjusting the FP */
1442 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1445 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1446 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1447 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1449 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1450 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1452 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1453 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1460 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1464 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1465 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1466 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1468 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1469 into the FP later on. */
1470 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1471 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1472 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1473 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1474 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1475 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1479 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1480 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1481 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1483 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1484 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1485 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1487 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1488 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1492 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1493 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1495 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1496 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1505 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1506 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1511 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1512 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1513 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1516 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1517 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1518 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1521 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1522 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1531 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1535 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1538 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1540 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1545 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1546 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1548 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1550 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1551 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1554 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1555 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1556 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1558 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1564 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1565 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1568 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1569 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1572 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1573 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1574 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1576 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1580 /* With an offset. */
1584 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1586 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1587 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1590 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1591 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1592 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1593 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1599 /* Without an offset. */
1601 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1602 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1603 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1604 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1611 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1613 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1614 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1621 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1622 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1623 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1625 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1627 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1629 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1630 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1632 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1633 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1638 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1639 calculate the CFA. */
1640 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1642 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1644 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1647 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1648 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1650 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1655 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1656 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1664 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1665 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1666 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1669 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
)
1674 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1676 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1677 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1679 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1681 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1684 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1687 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1691 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1692 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1694 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1696 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1697 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1702 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1703 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1705 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1707 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1709 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1714 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1715 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1716 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1718 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1719 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1724 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1725 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1727 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1728 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1729 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1730 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1731 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1732 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1735 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1736 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1737 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1738 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1739 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1740 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1741 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1742 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1743 case DW_CFA_register
:
1744 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1746 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1747 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1748 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1749 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1751 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1752 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1753 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1760 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1761 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1762 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1764 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1765 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1769 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1770 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1772 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1773 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1774 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1776 case DW_CFA_register
:
1777 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1780 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1784 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1786 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1789 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
1791 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1792 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1793 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1794 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
1795 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1796 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1798 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1799 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1800 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1801 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1802 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1804 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1805 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1806 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1807 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1808 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1811 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1812 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1814 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1816 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1818 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1819 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1820 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1823 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1824 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1827 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1828 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1829 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1830 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1833 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1834 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1835 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1836 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1839 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1840 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1841 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1842 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1845 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1846 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1847 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1848 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1851 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1852 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1853 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1855 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1858 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1859 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1860 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1862 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1865 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1866 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1867 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1868 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1869 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1873 case DW_CFA_register
:
1874 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1876 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1880 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1881 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1882 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1885 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1886 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1889 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1892 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1893 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1894 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1897 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1898 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1907 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1908 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1909 location of saved registers. */
1912 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
1917 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
1918 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
1919 char augmentation
[6];
1920 int augmentation_size
;
1921 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1922 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1923 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1925 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1926 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
1929 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1930 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
1931 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
1932 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
1935 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
1937 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1938 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1939 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
1940 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
1941 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
1942 any_eh_needed
= true;
1944 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1948 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1953 (*targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section
) ();
1955 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
1957 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1958 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
1960 /* Output the CIE. */
1961 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1962 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1963 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1964 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1965 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1967 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1968 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1969 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1970 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1971 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1973 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1975 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1976 augmentation_size
= 0;
1982 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1983 augmentation section.
1984 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1985 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1986 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1988 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1989 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1991 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1992 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1993 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1995 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
1996 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
1999 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2001 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2004 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2006 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2009 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2011 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2013 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2017 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2018 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2020 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2022 + 1 /* CIE version */
2023 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2024 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2025 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2027 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2028 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2029 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2031 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2033 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2034 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2035 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
2040 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2041 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2042 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2043 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2044 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2046 if (augmentation
[0])
2048 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2049 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2051 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2052 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2053 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2054 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
2057 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2058 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2059 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2061 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2062 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2063 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2066 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2067 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2069 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2070 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2071 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2072 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2074 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2075 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2077 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2079 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2080 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2081 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2082 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2085 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2086 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2087 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2088 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2090 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2093 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2095 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2100 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2101 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
2102 "FDE initial location");
2103 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2104 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2105 "FDE address range");
2109 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2110 "FDE initial location");
2111 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2112 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2113 "FDE address range");
2116 if (augmentation
[0])
2118 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2120 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2122 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2124 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2125 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2126 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2127 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2128 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2131 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
2135 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2137 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2139 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2140 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2141 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2142 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2143 "Language Specific Data Area");
2147 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2148 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2150 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2151 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2155 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2158 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2160 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2161 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2162 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2164 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2165 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2166 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2167 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2170 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2171 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2172 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2173 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2174 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2175 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2178 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2183 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2187 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2188 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2190 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2193 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2195 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2196 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2197 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2199 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2200 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2203 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2207 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2208 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2209 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2210 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2211 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2212 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2214 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2215 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2216 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2220 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2221 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2223 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2224 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2225 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2226 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2227 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2230 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2231 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2233 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2234 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2235 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2236 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2237 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2238 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2239 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2240 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2241 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2242 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2244 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2246 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2247 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2248 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2250 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2254 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2255 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2259 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2260 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2263 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2265 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2267 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2268 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2269 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2270 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2271 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2275 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2277 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2278 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2279 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2280 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2282 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2283 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2285 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2286 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2287 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2288 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2293 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2295 /* Output call frame information. */
2296 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2297 output_call_frame_info (0);
2299 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2300 output_call_frame_info (1);
2304 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2305 for emitting location expressions. */
2307 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2308 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2309 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2312 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2313 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2314 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2315 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2317 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2318 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2319 implementation are listed below. */
2324 dw_val_class_offset
,
2326 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2327 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2329 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2330 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2333 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2334 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2335 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2336 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2340 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2341 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2343 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2350 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2352 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
GTY(())
2354 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2359 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2360 represented internally. */
2362 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2364 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2365 union dw_val_struct_union
2367 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2368 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2369 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2370 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2371 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default (""))) val_int
;
2372 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2373 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2374 dw_float_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float
;
2375 struct dw_val_die_union
2379 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2380 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2381 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2382 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2383 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2385 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2389 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2392 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2394 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2395 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2396 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2397 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2402 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2403 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2404 their entire life. */
2405 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2407 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2408 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2409 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2410 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2411 Only on head of list */
2412 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2413 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2416 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2418 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2419 static dw_loc_descr_ref
new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2420 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
2421 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2422 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2423 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2424 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2425 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2427 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2430 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
2435 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2436 return "DW_OP_addr";
2438 return "DW_OP_deref";
2440 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2442 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2444 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2446 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2448 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2450 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2452 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2454 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2456 return "DW_OP_constu";
2458 return "DW_OP_consts";
2462 return "DW_OP_drop";
2464 return "DW_OP_over";
2466 return "DW_OP_pick";
2468 return "DW_OP_swap";
2472 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2480 return "DW_OP_minus";
2492 return "DW_OP_plus";
2493 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2494 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2500 return "DW_OP_shra";
2518 return "DW_OP_skip";
2520 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2522 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2524 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2526 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2528 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2530 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2532 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2534 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2536 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2538 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2540 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2542 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2544 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2546 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2548 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2550 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2552 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2554 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2556 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2558 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2560 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2562 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2564 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2566 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2568 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2570 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2572 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2574 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2576 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2578 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2580 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2582 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2584 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2586 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2588 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2590 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2592 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2594 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2596 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2598 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2600 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2602 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2604 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2606 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2608 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2610 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2612 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2614 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2616 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2618 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2620 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2622 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2624 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2626 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2628 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2630 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2632 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2634 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2636 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2638 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2640 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2642 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2644 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2646 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2648 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2650 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2652 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2654 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2656 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2658 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2660 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2662 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2664 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2666 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2668 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2670 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2672 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2674 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2676 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2678 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2680 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2682 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2684 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2686 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2688 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2690 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2692 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2694 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2696 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2698 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2700 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2702 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2704 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2706 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2708 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2710 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2712 return "DW_OP_regx";
2714 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2716 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2718 return "DW_OP_piece";
2719 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2720 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2721 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2722 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2725 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
2726 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2728 return "DW_OP_call2";
2730 return "DW_OP_call4";
2731 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2732 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2733 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
2734 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2736 return "OP_<unknown>";
2740 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2741 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2742 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2744 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2745 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
2746 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
2748 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2750 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2751 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2752 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2753 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2754 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2760 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2763 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
2765 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2767 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2768 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2774 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2776 static unsigned long
2777 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2779 unsigned long size
= 1;
2781 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2784 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2785 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2804 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2807 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2812 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2813 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2851 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2854 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2857 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2860 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2861 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2864 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2866 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2867 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2876 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2877 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2886 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2888 static unsigned long
2889 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2893 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2895 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2896 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2902 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2905 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2907 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2908 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2910 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2912 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2914 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2918 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2922 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2926 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2928 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2935 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2936 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2940 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2953 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2954 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2955 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2956 only doing unwinding. */
2961 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2964 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2967 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2970 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2972 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2973 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3007 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3010 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3013 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3016 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3017 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3020 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3022 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3023 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3024 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3027 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3028 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3029 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3031 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3038 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3043 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3046 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3048 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3050 /* Output the opcode. */
3051 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3052 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3054 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3055 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3059 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3060 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3063 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3065 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3068 /* Output the size of the block. */
3069 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3070 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3071 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3073 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3074 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3077 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3078 a dw_cfa_location. */
3080 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3081 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
)
3083 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3085 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
3088 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3091 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3093 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3095 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3096 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3098 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3100 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3101 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3102 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3103 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
3105 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
3106 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3112 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3113 descriptor sequence. */
3116 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
3118 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3120 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3124 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3126 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3162 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3165 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3199 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3200 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3203 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3204 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3209 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3210 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3213 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3214 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3218 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3220 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3221 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3223 /* .debug_str support. */
3224 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3226 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3227 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3228 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3229 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3230 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3231 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3232 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3233 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3234 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree
);
3235 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
3236 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
3238 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3240 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3246 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3247 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3248 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3249 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3250 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3251 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3252 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3253 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3254 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3255 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
3256 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3257 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3258 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3259 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3260 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3261 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3262 something tries to reference them. */
3263 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3264 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3265 debug_nothing_int
/* handle_pch */
3269 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3270 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3271 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3273 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3274 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3275 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3276 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3278 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3279 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3281 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3283 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3285 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3286 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3287 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3288 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3289 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3291 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3292 line number associated with the label generated for that
3293 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3294 the line number entry. */
3296 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3298 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3299 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3303 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3305 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3307 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3308 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3309 unsigned long function
;
3311 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3313 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3314 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3315 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3317 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3319 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3320 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3321 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3325 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3327 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3329 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3331 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3332 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3333 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3335 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3336 dw_offset die_offset
;
3337 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3342 /* The pubname structure */
3344 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3351 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3356 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3357 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3361 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3365 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3366 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3367 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3370 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3371 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3373 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3374 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3375 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3376 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3377 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3378 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3380 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3381 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3382 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3383 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3384 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3385 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3386 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3387 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3388 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3389 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3391 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3392 language, and compiler version. */
3394 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3395 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3396 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3398 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3399 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3401 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3402 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3403 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3404 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3405 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3407 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3408 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3409 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3410 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3411 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3412 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3414 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3415 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3416 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3417 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3419 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3423 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3424 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3425 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3427 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3428 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3430 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3431 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3433 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3434 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3435 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3436 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3437 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3439 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3440 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3441 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3442 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3445 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3446 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3448 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3449 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3451 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3452 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table
;
3453 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted
;
3454 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index
;
3456 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3457 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3458 number identifying each decl. */
3459 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*decl_die_table
;
3461 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3462 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_allocated
;
3464 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3465 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_in_use
;
3467 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3469 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3471 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3472 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3473 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3474 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3475 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3477 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3478 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3480 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3481 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3483 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3484 abbrev_die_table. */
3485 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3487 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3488 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3489 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3490 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3492 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3493 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3495 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3496 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3498 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3499 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3500 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3501 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3503 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3504 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3506 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3507 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3509 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3511 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3513 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3514 accessible names. */
3515 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3517 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3518 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3520 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3521 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3523 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3525 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3527 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3528 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3530 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3531 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3533 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3534 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3536 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3538 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3540 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3541 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3543 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3544 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3546 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3547 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3549 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3551 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3553 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3554 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists
;
3556 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3557 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3558 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3560 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3561 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3564 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3565 static GTY(()) int emitcount
= 0;
3567 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3568 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3570 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3572 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3574 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx
);
3575 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
3576 static int is_tagged_type (tree
);
3577 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3578 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3579 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3581 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned);
3583 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3584 static tree
block_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3585 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
3586 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
3587 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
3588 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3589 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
3590 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3591 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
3592 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3593 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
3594 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long,
3596 static void add_AT_float (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned, long *);
3597 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3598 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3599 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3600 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
3601 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
3602 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
3603 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3604 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
3605 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
3606 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
3607 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3608 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
3609 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
3610 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3612 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
3613 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
3614 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
3615 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3616 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3617 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3618 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3619 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3621 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
3622 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3623 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3624 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3625 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3626 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3627 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3628 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3629 static bool is_c_family (void);
3630 static bool is_cxx (void);
3631 static bool is_java (void);
3632 static bool is_fortran (void);
3633 static bool is_ada (void);
3634 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3635 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref
);
3636 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref
);
3637 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3638 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3639 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
3640 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3641 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
3642 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3643 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3644 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
3645 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3646 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3647 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3648 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3649 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
3650 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3651 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3652 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3653 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
3654 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*, int *);
3655 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
3656 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
3657 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3658 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
3659 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
3660 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
3661 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
3662 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
3663 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
3664 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3665 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3666 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3667 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
3668 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
3669 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
3670 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
3671 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3672 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3673 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
3674 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
3675 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3676 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3677 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3678 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3679 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3680 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3681 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3682 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3683 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
3684 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
3685 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3686 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
3687 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
3688 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3689 static void output_pubnames (void);
3690 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3691 static void output_aranges (void);
3692 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree
);
3693 static void output_ranges (void);
3694 static void output_line_info (void);
3695 static void output_file_names (void);
3696 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
3697 static tree
root_type (tree
);
3698 static int is_base_type (tree
);
3699 static bool is_ada_subrange_type (tree
);
3700 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
);
3701 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3702 static int type_is_enum (tree
);
3703 static unsigned int reg_number (rtx
);
3704 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3705 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3706 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3707 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3708 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3709 static int is_based_loc (rtx
);
3710 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
);
3711 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3712 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3713 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
3714 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
3715 static tree
field_type (tree
);
3716 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree
);
3717 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree
);
3718 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (tree
);
3719 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (tree
);
3720 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3722 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3723 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
3724 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
3725 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3726 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3727 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
3728 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
3729 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
3730 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3731 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3732 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3733 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3734 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3735 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3736 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3737 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3738 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3739 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
3740 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3741 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3742 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3743 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3744 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3745 static const char *type_tag (tree
);
3746 static tree
member_declared_type (tree
);
3748 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
3750 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3751 static void gen_set_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3753 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3755 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3756 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3757 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3758 static void gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3759 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3760 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3761 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3762 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3763 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3764 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3765 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3766 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3767 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3768 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3769 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3770 static void gen_string_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3771 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3772 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3773 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3774 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3775 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3776 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3777 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3778 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3779 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3780 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree
);
3781 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
);
3782 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3783 static dw_die_ref
force_namespace_die (tree
);
3784 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3785 static void declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3786 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
3787 static void init_file_table (void);
3788 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3789 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3790 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3791 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3792 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
3793 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
3794 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3795 const char *, const char *,
3797 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
3798 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3800 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3801 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
3802 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
3803 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
3804 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
3805 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3806 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
3808 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3809 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3810 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3812 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3813 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3815 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3816 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3818 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3819 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3821 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3822 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3824 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3825 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3827 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3828 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3830 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3831 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3833 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3834 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3837 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3838 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3839 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3842 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3843 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3844 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
3845 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3848 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3849 the section names themselves. */
3851 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3852 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3854 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3855 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3857 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3858 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3860 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3861 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3863 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3864 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3866 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3867 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3869 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3870 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3873 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3874 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3875 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3876 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3877 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3879 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3880 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3881 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3882 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3883 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3884 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3885 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3886 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3888 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3889 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3891 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3892 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3894 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3895 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3897 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3898 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3900 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3901 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3904 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3905 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3907 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
3910 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
3912 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3915 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3918 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl
)
3920 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3921 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3922 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3925 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3929 type_main_variant (tree type
)
3931 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3933 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3934 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3935 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3936 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3938 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
3939 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
3940 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3945 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3948 is_tagged_type (tree type
)
3950 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
3952 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
3953 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
3956 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3959 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
3963 case DW_TAG_padding
:
3964 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3965 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
3966 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3967 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
3968 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3969 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
3970 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3971 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
3972 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3973 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
3974 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3975 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
3976 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3978 return "DW_TAG_label";
3979 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
3980 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3982 return "DW_TAG_member";
3983 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
3984 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3985 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
3986 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3987 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
3988 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3989 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
3990 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3991 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
3992 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
3993 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
3994 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
3995 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
3996 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
3997 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
3998 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
3999 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
4000 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4001 case DW_TAG_variant
:
4002 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4003 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4004 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4005 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4006 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4007 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4008 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4009 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4010 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4012 return "DW_TAG_module";
4013 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4014 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4015 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4016 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4017 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4018 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4019 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4020 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4021 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4022 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4023 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4024 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4025 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4026 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4027 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4028 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4029 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4030 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4031 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4032 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4033 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4034 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4036 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4037 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4038 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4039 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4040 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4041 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
4042 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4043 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4044 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4045 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4046 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4047 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4048 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4049 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4050 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4051 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4052 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4053 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4054 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4055 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4056 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4057 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4058 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4059 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4060 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4061 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4062 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4063 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4064 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4065 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4066 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4067 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4068 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4069 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4070 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4071 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4072 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4074 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4078 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4081 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4086 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4087 case DW_AT_location
:
4088 return "DW_AT_location";
4090 return "DW_AT_name";
4091 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4092 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4093 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4094 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4095 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4096 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4097 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4098 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4099 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4100 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4101 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4102 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4103 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4104 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4106 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4108 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4109 case DW_AT_language
:
4110 return "DW_AT_language";
4112 return "DW_AT_member";
4114 return "DW_AT_discr";
4115 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4116 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4117 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4118 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4120 return "DW_AT_import";
4121 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4122 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4123 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4124 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4125 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4126 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4127 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4128 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4129 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4130 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4131 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4132 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4134 return "DW_AT_inline";
4135 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4136 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4137 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4138 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4139 case DW_AT_producer
:
4140 return "DW_AT_producer";
4141 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4142 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4143 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4144 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4145 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4146 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4147 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4148 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4149 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4150 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4151 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4152 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4153 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4154 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4155 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4156 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4157 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4158 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4159 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4160 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4161 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4162 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4164 return "DW_AT_count";
4165 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4166 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4167 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4168 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4169 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4170 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4171 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4172 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4173 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4174 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4175 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4176 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4177 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4178 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4179 case DW_AT_external
:
4180 return "DW_AT_external";
4181 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4182 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4184 return "DW_AT_friend";
4185 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4186 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4187 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4188 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4189 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4190 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4191 case DW_AT_priority
:
4192 return "DW_AT_priority";
4194 return "DW_AT_segment";
4195 case DW_AT_specification
:
4196 return "DW_AT_specification";
4197 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4198 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4200 return "DW_AT_type";
4201 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4202 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4203 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4204 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4205 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4206 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4207 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4208 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4210 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4211 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4212 case DW_AT_associated
:
4213 return "DW_AT_associated";
4214 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4215 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4217 return "DW_AT_stride";
4218 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4219 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4220 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4221 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4222 case DW_AT_extension
:
4223 return "DW_AT_extension";
4225 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4226 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4227 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4228 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4229 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4230 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4231 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4232 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4233 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4235 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4236 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4237 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4238 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4239 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4240 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4241 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4242 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4243 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4244 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4245 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4246 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4247 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4248 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4249 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4250 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4251 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4252 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4253 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4254 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4255 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4256 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4258 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4259 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4260 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4261 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4262 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4263 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4264 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4265 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4266 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4267 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4268 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4269 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4270 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4271 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4273 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4274 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4277 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4281 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4284 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4289 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4290 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4291 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4292 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4293 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4295 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4297 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4299 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4300 case DW_FORM_string
:
4301 return "DW_FORM_string";
4303 return "DW_FORM_block";
4304 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4305 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4307 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4309 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4311 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4313 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4315 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4316 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4317 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4319 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4321 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4323 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4325 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4326 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4327 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4328 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4329 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4331 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4335 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4339 dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned enc
)
4343 case DW_ATE_address
:
4344 return "DW_ATE_address";
4345 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4346 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4347 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4348 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4350 return "DW_ATE_float";
4352 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4353 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4354 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4355 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4356 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4357 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4358 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4360 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4365 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4366 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4367 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4368 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4372 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl
)
4374 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4375 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4376 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4377 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4380 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4381 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4382 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4383 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4387 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4390 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4391 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4392 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4393 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4397 block_ultimate_origin (tree block
)
4399 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4401 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4402 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4403 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4404 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4407 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4412 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4416 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4417 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4418 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4420 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4426 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4427 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4431 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
4433 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4435 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4436 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4438 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4439 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4441 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4442 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4447 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4448 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4451 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
4453 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4455 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4456 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4460 static inline enum dw_val_class
4461 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
4463 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4466 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4469 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
4471 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4473 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4474 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4475 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4476 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4477 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4480 static inline unsigned
4481 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
4483 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4484 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4489 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4492 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
4494 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4496 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4497 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4498 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4499 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4500 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4503 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4504 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
4506 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4507 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4512 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4515 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4516 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
4518 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4520 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4521 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4522 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4523 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4524 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4527 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4528 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
4530 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4531 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4536 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4539 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4540 long unsigned int val_hi
, long unsigned int val_low
)
4542 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4544 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4545 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4546 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4547 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4548 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4549 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4552 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4555 add_AT_float (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4556 unsigned int length
, long int *array
)
4558 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4560 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4561 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4562 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4563 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4564 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4565 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4568 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4571 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
4573 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4577 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
4579 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4580 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4583 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4586 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
4588 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4589 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4592 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4593 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
4594 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
4596 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
4597 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4599 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
4600 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
4601 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
4604 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4605 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4606 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4607 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4608 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4611 static inline const char *
4612 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
4614 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4615 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4620 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4621 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4624 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
4626 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4628 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4632 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4636 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4638 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4639 always better to put it inline. */
4640 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4641 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4643 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4644 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4646 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4647 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4648 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4650 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4651 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4652 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4654 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4660 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4663 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4665 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4667 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4668 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4669 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4670 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4671 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4672 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4675 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4676 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4679 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4681 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
4682 if (targ_die
->die_definition
)
4684 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
4687 static inline dw_die_ref
4688 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
4690 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4691 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4697 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
4699 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4700 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4706 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
4708 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4709 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4714 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4717 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
4719 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4721 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4722 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4723 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4724 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4725 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4728 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4731 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4733 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4735 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4736 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4737 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4738 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4739 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4742 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4743 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
4745 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4746 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4752 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
4754 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4756 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4757 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4758 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4759 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4760 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4761 have_location_lists
= 1;
4764 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4765 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
4767 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4768 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4773 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4776 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
4778 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4780 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4781 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4782 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4783 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4784 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4788 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
4790 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4791 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4796 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4799 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
4801 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4803 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4804 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4805 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4806 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4807 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4810 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4813 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *label
)
4815 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4817 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4818 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4819 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4820 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4821 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4824 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4827 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4828 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4830 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4832 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4833 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4834 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4835 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4836 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4839 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4842 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4843 long unsigned int offset
)
4845 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4847 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4848 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4849 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4850 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4851 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4854 static inline const char *
4855 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
4857 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4858 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4859 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4864 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4866 static inline dw_attr_ref
4867 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4870 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
4874 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
4875 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4877 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
4878 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
4882 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
4888 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4889 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4890 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4892 static inline const char *
4893 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4895 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
4897 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4900 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4901 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4902 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4904 static inline const char *
4905 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4907 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
4909 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4912 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4913 NULL if it is not present. */
4915 static inline const char *
4916 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4918 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4920 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
4923 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4924 if it is not present. */
4927 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4929 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4931 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
4934 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4935 if it is not present. */
4937 static inline unsigned
4938 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4940 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4942 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
4945 static inline dw_die_ref
4946 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4948 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4950 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
4953 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
4958 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4960 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
4961 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4964 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
4969 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
4970 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4973 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
4978 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4980 return lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
;
4983 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
4988 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4990 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
4993 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
4998 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5000 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
5003 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5005 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref
);
5007 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a
)
5009 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5010 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5011 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5014 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5017 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5020 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
5024 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
5025 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5028 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
5037 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5040 free_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5042 remove_children (die
);
5045 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5048 remove_children (dw_die_ref die
)
5050 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5052 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5054 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5056 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5059 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5061 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5063 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5065 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5073 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5074 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5077 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5079 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5081 if (die
== child_die
)
5084 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5085 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5086 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5090 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5091 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5094 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5098 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5099 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5100 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5102 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5108 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5109 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5112 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5115 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5119 child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5120 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5121 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5124 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5126 static inline dw_die_ref
5127 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5129 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5131 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5133 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5134 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5137 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5139 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5140 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5141 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5142 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5143 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5149 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5151 static inline dw_die_ref
5152 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5154 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5157 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5160 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5162 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5165 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5167 static inline dw_die_ref
5168 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5170 unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5172 return (decl_id
< decl_die_table_in_use
? decl_die_table
[decl_id
] : NULL
);
5175 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5178 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
5180 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5181 unsigned int num_allocated
;
5183 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_allocated
)
5186 = ((decl_id
+ 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
- 1)
5187 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
)
5188 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5190 decl_die_table
= ggc_realloc (decl_die_table
,
5191 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * num_allocated
);
5193 memset (&decl_die_table
[decl_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5194 (num_allocated
- decl_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5195 decl_die_table_allocated
= num_allocated
;
5198 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_in_use
)
5199 decl_die_table_in_use
= (decl_id
+ 1);
5201 decl_die_table
[decl_id
] = decl_die
;
5204 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5205 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5206 the DIE internal representation. */
5207 static int print_indent
;
5209 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5212 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
5214 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5217 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5218 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5221 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
5226 print_spaces (outfile
);
5227 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5228 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5229 print_spaces (outfile
);
5230 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5231 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5233 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5235 print_spaces (outfile
);
5236 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5238 switch (AT_class (a
))
5240 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5241 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5243 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5244 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5246 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5247 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5249 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5250 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5251 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5253 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5254 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5256 case dw_val_class_const
:
5257 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
5259 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5260 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
5262 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5263 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5264 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5265 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5267 case dw_val_class_float
:
5268 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
5270 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5271 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5273 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5274 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5276 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5277 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5279 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5282 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5284 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5285 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5286 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5288 case dw_val_class_str
:
5289 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5290 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5292 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5298 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5301 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5304 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5305 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5309 if (print_indent
== 0)
5310 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5313 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5314 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5317 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
5320 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5322 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5323 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5325 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5326 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5327 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s",
5328 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, line_info
->dw_file_num
));
5329 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5330 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5333 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5336 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5339 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5341 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5344 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5345 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5351 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5352 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5353 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5356 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5357 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5358 they are in order of addition. */
5361 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
5363 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5364 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5366 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5368 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5369 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5375 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5382 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5385 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5386 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5387 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5388 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5389 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5392 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
5396 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5398 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5399 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5402 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5403 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5404 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5407 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
5409 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5410 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5412 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5416 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5419 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
5421 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5423 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5427 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5428 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5430 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5433 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5435 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5436 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5437 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5440 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5443 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5445 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5448 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5450 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5451 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5452 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5453 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5454 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5457 switch (AT_class (at
))
5459 case dw_val_class_const
:
5460 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5462 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5463 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5465 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5466 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5468 case dw_val_class_float
:
5469 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5471 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5472 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5474 case dw_val_class_str
:
5475 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5478 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5480 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5483 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5491 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5492 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5495 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5496 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5497 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5500 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5501 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5504 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5505 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5506 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5514 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5517 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5522 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5525 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5528 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5530 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5532 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5533 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5535 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5536 die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
);
5540 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5542 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5544 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
5546 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5547 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5548 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5551 /* Do the values look the same? */
5553 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*v1
, dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
5555 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
5559 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
5562 switch (v1
->val_class
)
5564 case dw_val_class_const
:
5565 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
5566 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5567 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5568 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5569 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
5570 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5571 case dw_val_class_float
:
5572 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_float
.length
)
5574 for (i
= 0; i
< v1
->v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
5575 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
] != v2
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
])
5578 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5579 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
5580 case dw_val_class_str
:
5581 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5583 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5584 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
5585 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
5586 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
5588 switch (GET_CODE (r1
))
5591 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
5597 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5598 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
5600 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5601 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
5603 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
5604 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
5606 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
5608 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5609 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
5611 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5612 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5613 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5621 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5624 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
5626 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
5629 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5630 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5631 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5632 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5633 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5636 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
5639 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5642 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
5647 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5649 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
5650 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5652 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
5655 for (a1
= die1
->die_attr
, a2
= die2
->die_attr
;
5657 a1
= a1
->dw_attr_next
, a2
= a2
->dw_attr_next
)
5658 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, a2
, mark
))
5663 for (c1
= die1
->die_child
, c2
= die2
->die_child
;
5665 c1
= c1
->die_sib
, c2
= c2
->die_sib
)
5666 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
5674 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5677 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
5680 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
5682 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
5683 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
5688 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5690 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5692 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5693 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5695 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5696 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5699 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
5701 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5702 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
5703 char *name
= alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
5706 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5709 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5710 the name filename of the unit. */
5712 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5714 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
5715 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
5716 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5718 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
5719 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5721 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5722 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
5724 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5728 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5729 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5732 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5735 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5737 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5739 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5740 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5741 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5742 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5743 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5744 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5745 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5746 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5747 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5748 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5749 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5750 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5751 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5752 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5753 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5754 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5755 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5756 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
5763 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5764 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5765 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5766 compilations (functions). */
5769 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
5771 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5772 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5773 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5774 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5776 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5779 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5780 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5781 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5782 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5784 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5786 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5789 return is_type_die (c
);
5792 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5793 compilation unit. */
5796 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
5798 return (is_type_die (c
)
5799 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5800 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5804 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
5808 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
5809 return xstrdup (buf
);
5812 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5815 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
5819 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
5821 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
5823 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
5825 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
5826 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
5827 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
5830 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5833 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5834 assign_symbol_names (c
);
5837 struct cu_hash_table_entry
5840 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
5841 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
5844 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
5846 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
5848 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
5850 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
5854 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
5856 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
5857 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
5859 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
5863 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
5865 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
5875 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
5878 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
5880 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
5881 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
5883 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
5885 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
5886 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
5890 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
5892 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
5898 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
5902 entry
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry
));
5904 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
5905 entry
->next
= *slot
;
5911 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
5913 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
5915 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
5917 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
5918 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
5922 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
5925 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5926 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5927 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5930 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
5933 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
5934 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
5935 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
5937 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
5939 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
5941 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5942 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
5944 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5947 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
5949 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
5952 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
5954 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
5958 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
5962 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5963 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
5969 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5970 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5975 assign_symbol_names (die
);
5976 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
5977 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
5983 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
5984 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
5985 &comdat_symbol_number
);
5986 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
5988 *pnode
= node
->next
;
5991 pnode
= &node
->next
;
5992 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
5993 comdat_symbol_number
);
5996 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
5999 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6000 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6001 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6004 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
6008 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
6009 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6010 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6011 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6013 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6014 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
6017 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6020 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
6025 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6026 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6027 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
6029 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6030 output_location_lists (c
);
6034 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6035 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6036 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6037 die are visited recursively. */
6040 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
6042 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6043 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6045 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
6047 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6048 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6049 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6050 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6051 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
6053 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
6056 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
6059 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6061 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6063 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
6065 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6067 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
6068 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
6070 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
6072 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
6073 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
6076 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6077 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6080 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
6086 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6088 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6090 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6091 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6092 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6094 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6095 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6096 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6099 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6100 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6103 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6104 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6105 build_abbrev_table (c
);
6108 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6111 constant_size (long unsigned int value
)
6118 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6121 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6126 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6127 .debug_info section. */
6129 static unsigned long
6130 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6132 unsigned long size
= 0;
6135 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6136 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6138 switch (AT_class (a
))
6140 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6141 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6143 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6144 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6146 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6148 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6151 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6155 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6156 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6158 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6159 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6161 case dw_val_class_const
:
6162 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6164 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6165 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6167 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6168 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6170 case dw_val_class_float
:
6171 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
6173 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6176 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6177 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6178 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6180 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6182 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6183 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6185 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6186 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6188 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6189 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6191 case dw_val_class_str
:
6192 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6193 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6195 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6205 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6206 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6207 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6208 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6211 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
6215 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6216 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6218 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6221 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6222 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6223 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6226 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6227 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6228 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6229 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6232 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6240 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6244 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6247 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6255 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6259 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6262 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6271 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6272 unmark_all_dies (c
);
6274 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6275 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6276 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6279 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6280 compilation unit. */
6282 static unsigned long
6283 size_of_pubnames (void)
6288 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6289 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6291 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6292 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6295 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6299 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6301 static unsigned long
6302 size_of_aranges (void)
6306 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6308 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6309 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6310 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6312 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6313 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6317 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6319 static enum dwarf_form
6320 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6322 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6324 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6325 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6326 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6327 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6328 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6329 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6330 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6331 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6333 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6334 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6335 .debug_loc section */
6336 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6337 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6338 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6341 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6343 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6347 case dw_val_class_const
:
6348 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6349 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6350 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6353 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6355 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6357 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6359 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6363 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6364 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6365 case dw_val_class_float
:
6366 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6367 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6368 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6369 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6370 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6371 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6374 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6375 return DW_FORM_data
;
6376 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6377 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6378 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6379 return DW_FORM_data
;
6380 case dw_val_class_str
:
6381 return AT_string_form (a
);
6388 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6391 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6393 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6395 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6398 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6402 output_abbrev_section (void)
6404 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6408 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6410 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6412 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6413 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6414 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6416 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6417 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6419 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6421 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6422 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6424 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6425 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6426 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6429 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6430 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6433 /* Terminate the table. */
6434 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6437 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6440 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
6442 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6447 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6448 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6449 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6451 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6453 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6456 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6457 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6458 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6460 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6461 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6462 const char *section
, unsigned int gensym
)
6464 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6466 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6468 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6469 retlist
->section
= section
;
6471 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6476 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6479 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
,
6480 const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6481 const char *section
)
6485 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6486 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6489 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6490 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6493 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6496 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
6498 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6500 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6502 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6503 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6504 in more than one section. */
6505 if (strcmp (curr
->section
, ".text") == 0)
6507 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6508 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0,
6509 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6510 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->section
,
6511 "Location list base address specifier base");
6514 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6518 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6519 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6520 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6521 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6522 "Location list end address (%s)",
6523 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6524 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6526 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6529 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6531 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6534 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6535 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6536 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6537 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6538 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6539 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6542 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6543 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6546 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6552 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6553 them to point to. */
6554 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6555 output_die_symbol (die
);
6557 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6558 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6560 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6562 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6564 switch (AT_class (a
))
6566 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6567 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6570 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6571 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6575 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6577 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6579 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
6580 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6581 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6587 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6588 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6590 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6591 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6593 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6596 case dw_val_class_const
:
6597 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6598 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6599 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6600 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6603 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6604 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6605 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6608 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6610 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6612 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6613 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6616 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6618 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6619 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6623 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6624 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6627 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6628 first
, "long long constant");
6629 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6634 case dw_val_class_float
:
6638 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
6641 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
6642 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
6643 "fp constant word %u", i
);
6647 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6648 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6651 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6653 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6657 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
,
6658 loc_section_label
, "%s", name
);
6662 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6663 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6665 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6669 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6671 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6674 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6678 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6682 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6683 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6684 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
6688 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6689 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6692 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6693 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6696 case dw_val_class_str
:
6697 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6698 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6699 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
6700 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
6702 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
6710 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6713 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6714 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6715 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6719 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6720 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6723 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
6725 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6726 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6727 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6728 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6729 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
6730 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6731 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
6732 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
6733 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6734 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6737 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6740 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
6742 const char *secname
;
6745 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6746 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
6749 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6750 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6751 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6752 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6753 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6756 build_abbrev_table (die
);
6758 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6759 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
6760 calc_die_sizes (die
);
6762 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6765 tmp
= alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
6767 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
6769 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
6772 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
6774 /* Output debugging information. */
6775 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
6776 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6779 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6784 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
6788 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6789 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6790 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6793 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
6795 return (*lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
6798 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6801 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
6805 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
6808 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
6810 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6812 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
6813 (pubname_table_allocated
* sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
6814 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
6815 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
6818 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
6820 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
6823 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6824 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6825 visible procedures. */
6828 output_pubnames (void)
6831 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
6833 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6834 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6835 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6836 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
6837 "Length of Public Names Info");
6838 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6839 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6840 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6841 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
6842 "Compilation Unit Length");
6844 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6846 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6848 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6849 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
6852 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
6855 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
6858 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6861 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6864 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
6866 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
6869 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
6871 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6872 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
6873 (arange_table_allocated
6874 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
6875 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
6876 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6879 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
6882 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6883 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6884 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6887 output_aranges (void)
6890 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
6892 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6893 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6894 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6895 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
6896 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6897 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6898 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6899 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6900 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
6901 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6903 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6904 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
6906 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6908 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6909 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6910 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
6911 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
6914 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
6915 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
6916 text_section_label
, "Length");
6918 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
6920 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
6922 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6923 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
6926 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
6928 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
6930 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
6931 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
6935 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6936 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6937 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6938 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
6939 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
6941 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
6945 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
6948 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6949 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
6950 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6951 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
6956 /* Output the terminator words. */
6957 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6958 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6961 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
6965 add_ranges (tree block
)
6967 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
6969 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
6971 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6973 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
6974 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
6975 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
6976 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
6979 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
6980 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
6982 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6986 output_ranges (void)
6989 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
6990 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
6992 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
6994 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
6998 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6999 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7001 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
7002 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
7004 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7005 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7006 base of the text section. */
7007 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
7009 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7011 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7012 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7013 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7016 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7017 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7018 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7019 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7022 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7023 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7024 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7031 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7032 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7038 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7041 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7042 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7043 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7044 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7045 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7048 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7052 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7053 int length
; /* Path length. */
7054 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7055 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7056 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7057 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7060 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7061 the directories in the path. */
7064 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
7066 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7067 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7071 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7072 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7073 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7074 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7075 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7076 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7077 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7079 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7080 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7086 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7087 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7088 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7089 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7090 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7092 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7093 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7098 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7099 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7100 slowdowns with many input files. */
7103 output_file_names (void)
7105 struct file_info
*files
;
7106 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7115 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7116 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) <= 1)
7118 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7119 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7123 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7124 files
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7125 dirs
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7127 /* Sort the file names. */
7128 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7132 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7133 f
= VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
);
7134 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7137 /* Create a new array entry. */
7139 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7140 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7142 /* Search for the file name part. */
7143 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7144 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7147 qsort (files
+ 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) - 1,
7148 sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7150 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7151 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7152 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7153 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7155 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7157 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7160 for (i
= 2; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7161 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7162 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7163 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7165 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7166 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7167 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7173 /* This is a new directory. */
7174 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7175 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7176 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7177 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7178 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7179 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7181 /* Search for a prefix. */
7182 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7183 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7184 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7185 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7186 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7187 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7188 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7189 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7194 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7195 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7196 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7197 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7198 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7199 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7200 saved
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7201 savehere
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7203 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7204 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7209 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7210 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7211 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7212 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7214 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7217 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7219 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7224 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7229 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7230 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7232 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7233 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7238 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7240 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7242 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7243 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7244 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7246 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7247 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7249 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7250 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7255 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7256 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7257 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7258 backmap
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (int));
7259 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7261 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7263 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7264 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7267 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7268 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7269 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7270 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7271 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7273 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7274 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7275 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7277 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7278 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7279 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7282 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7284 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7286 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7289 /* Now write all the file names. */
7290 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7292 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7293 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7295 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7296 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i
);
7298 /* Include directory index. */
7299 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7301 /* Modification time. */
7302 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7304 /* File length in bytes. */
7305 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7308 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7312 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7313 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7316 output_line_info (void)
7318 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7319 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7320 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7323 unsigned long lt_index
;
7324 unsigned long current_line
;
7327 unsigned long current_file
;
7328 unsigned long function
;
7330 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7331 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7332 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7333 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7335 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7336 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7337 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7338 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7339 "Length of Source Line Info");
7340 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7342 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7343 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7344 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7346 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7347 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7348 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7349 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7350 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7351 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7352 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7353 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7354 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7355 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7357 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7358 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7359 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7360 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7361 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7362 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7363 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7364 "Special Opcode Base");
7366 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7370 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7371 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7372 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7373 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7374 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7382 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7386 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7387 output_file_names ();
7388 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7390 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7391 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7392 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7394 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7395 a series of state machine operations. */
7398 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7399 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7401 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7404 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7405 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7408 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7409 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7410 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7411 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7412 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7416 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7418 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7419 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7420 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7421 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7422 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7423 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7425 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7428 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7429 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7430 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7431 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7435 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7436 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7437 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7438 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7439 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7440 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7443 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7445 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7446 different from the previous line. */
7447 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7449 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7450 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7451 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7452 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7456 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7457 that uses the least amount of space. */
7458 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7460 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7461 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7462 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7463 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7464 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7465 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7467 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7468 "line %lu", current_line
);
7471 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7472 depending on the value being encoded. */
7473 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7474 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7475 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7476 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7480 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7481 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7484 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7487 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7488 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7489 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7493 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7494 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7495 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7496 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7499 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7500 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7501 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7506 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7508 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7509 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7512 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7513 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7514 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7515 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7519 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7520 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7521 to handle it differently. */
7522 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7524 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7526 function
= line_info
->function
;
7528 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7529 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7530 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7531 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7532 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7536 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7539 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7540 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7541 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7545 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7546 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7547 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7548 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7552 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7554 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7555 different from the previous line. */
7556 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7558 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7559 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7560 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7561 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7565 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7566 that uses the least amount of space. */
7567 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7569 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7570 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7571 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7572 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7573 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7574 "line %lu", current_line
);
7577 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7578 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7579 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7580 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7584 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7592 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7593 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7594 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7599 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7600 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7603 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7604 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7605 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7609 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7610 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7611 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7612 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7615 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7616 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7617 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7618 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7622 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7623 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7626 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7627 a DIE that describes the given type.
7629 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7630 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7633 base_type_die (tree type
)
7635 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7636 const char *type_name
;
7637 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7638 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7640 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7645 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7646 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7648 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7651 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7653 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7656 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7657 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7658 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7660 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7661 && (type
== char_type_node
7662 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7663 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7665 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7666 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7668 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7671 /* else fall through. */
7674 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7675 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7676 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7678 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7682 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7685 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7686 a user defined type for it. */
7688 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
7689 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
7691 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
7695 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7696 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
7700 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7704 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7705 if (demangle_name_func
)
7706 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
7708 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
7709 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7710 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
7711 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
7713 return base_type_result
;
7716 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7717 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7718 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7719 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7720 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7721 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7722 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7723 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7726 root_type (tree type
)
7728 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7729 return error_mark_node
;
7731 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7734 return error_mark_node
;
7737 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7738 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
7741 return type_main_variant (type
);
7745 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7746 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7749 is_base_type (tree type
)
7751 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7766 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
7771 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7785 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7786 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7787 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7788 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7791 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7792 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type
)
7794 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7795 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
7796 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
7798 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
7799 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
7801 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
7804 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
7805 emitted as a subrange type. */
7808 is_ada_subrange_type (tree type
)
7810 /* We do this for INTEGER_TYPEs that have names, parent types, and when
7811 we are compiling Ada code. */
7812 return (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
7813 && TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0
7814 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
7815 && TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (type
)) && is_ada ());
7818 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
7819 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
7822 subrange_type_die (tree type
)
7824 dw_die_ref subtype_die
;
7825 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
7826 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7828 subtype_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
));
7830 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7831 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7833 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7834 add_name_attribute (subrange_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
7835 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
7836 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
7837 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
7838 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
7839 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
7840 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
7841 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, DW_AT_type
, subtype_die
);
7843 return subrange_die
;
7846 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7847 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7850 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
7851 dw_die_ref context_die
)
7853 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
7854 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
7855 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
7856 tree item_type
= NULL
;
7858 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
7860 tree qualified_type
;
7862 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7865 = get_qualified_type (type
,
7866 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
7868 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
7870 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7873 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7875 return mod_type_die
;
7878 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7879 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
7880 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
7881 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
7883 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
7884 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
7886 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
7888 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7889 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
7890 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7892 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
7893 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
7894 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7895 type to which it refers. */
7897 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
7898 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
7901 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7907 else if (is_const_type
)
7909 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7910 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
7912 else if (is_volatile_type
)
7914 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7915 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
7917 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
7919 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7920 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7921 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7923 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7925 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7927 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
7929 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7930 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7931 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7933 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7935 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7937 else if (is_ada_subrange_type (type
))
7938 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
);
7939 else if (is_base_type (type
))
7940 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
7943 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
7945 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
7946 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
7947 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
7948 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
7949 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
7951 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
7952 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
7954 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
7955 not the main variant. */
7956 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
7957 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
7961 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
7962 type
= qualified_type
;
7966 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
7968 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
7969 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
7970 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
7971 types are possible in Ada. */
7972 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
7973 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
7974 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
7977 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
7978 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
7980 return mod_type_die
;
7983 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
7984 an enumerated type. */
7987 type_is_enum (tree type
)
7989 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
7992 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
7995 reg_number (rtx rtl
)
7997 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
7999 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8002 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
8005 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8006 zero if there is none. */
8008 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8009 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8014 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8017 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8018 regs
= (*targetm
.dwarf_register_span
) (rtl
);
8020 if (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
)) > 1
8022 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
8024 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8027 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8028 a given hard register number. */
8030 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8031 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
)
8034 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8036 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8039 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8040 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8042 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8043 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
)
8047 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8049 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8050 nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
8052 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8053 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8055 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8062 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8063 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8064 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8070 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8072 if (GET_CODE (regs
) != PARALLEL
)
8075 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8078 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8082 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8083 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8084 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8085 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8090 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8092 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8093 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
8095 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8097 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8098 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8102 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8105 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8107 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8117 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8119 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8120 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8126 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8129 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8131 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8132 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
8134 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
8135 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8136 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8138 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8139 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8140 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
8143 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8145 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
8147 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
8152 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8155 is_based_loc (rtx rtl
)
8157 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8158 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
8159 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8160 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8163 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8164 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8165 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8166 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8168 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8169 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8170 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8171 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8173 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8174 autoincrement addressing modes.
8176 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8178 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8179 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
)
8181 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8183 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8184 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8185 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8186 zeroth element of the array. */
8188 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8190 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8195 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8196 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8198 /* ... fall through ... */
8201 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8202 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8203 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8204 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8205 contains the given subreg. */
8206 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8208 /* ... fall through ... */
8211 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8212 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8213 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8214 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8215 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8216 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8217 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8218 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8219 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8220 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8221 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8222 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8223 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8224 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8225 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0);
8229 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8230 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8231 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8235 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8237 /* ... fall through ... */
8240 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8241 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8245 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8246 by a different symbol. */
8247 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8250 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8252 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8255 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8256 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8261 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8262 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8263 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8264 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8269 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8270 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8271 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8272 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8276 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8278 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8283 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8285 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8286 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8287 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8288 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8290 /* ... fall through ... */
8294 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8295 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
8296 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
8299 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8300 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8303 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8304 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8305 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8306 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8307 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8310 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8311 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
8312 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8313 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8320 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8321 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8322 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8323 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
8325 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8328 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8329 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8330 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
8335 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8339 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8341 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == MEM
)
8342 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0), mode
);
8350 return mem_loc_result
;
8353 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8354 This is typically a complex variable. */
8356 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8357 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
)
8359 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8360 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
8361 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
8363 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8366 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8367 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8368 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8369 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
8371 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8372 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8373 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8374 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
8376 return cc_loc_result
;
8379 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8380 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8381 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8382 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8383 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8385 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8387 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8388 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8390 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8392 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8395 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8396 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8397 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8398 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8399 contains the given subreg. */
8400 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8402 /* ... fall through ... */
8405 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8409 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8413 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8423 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8424 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8425 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8426 descriptor, return 0. */
8428 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8429 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int addressp
)
8431 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8433 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8434 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8436 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8437 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8440 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8445 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
8446 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8447 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8448 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8449 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8450 the names of types. */
8457 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8458 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8459 for (loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0);
8460 TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc
) == NOP_EXPR
8461 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8462 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8463 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == SAVE_EXPR
;
8464 loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
8467 return (TREE_CODE (loc
) == INDIRECT_REF
8468 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
)
8472 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc
))
8476 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8477 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8481 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8482 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8483 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
8486 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8487 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8490 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8492 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8493 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8496 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
8497 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8498 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8500 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
8501 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8510 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8512 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8514 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8516 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8517 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8518 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8523 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8525 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8528 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8531 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8537 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8542 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8546 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8547 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8550 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8555 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8558 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8559 enum machine_mode mode
;
8562 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8563 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
8568 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
8570 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
8573 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
8575 /* Variable offset. */
8576 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
8577 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8583 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8585 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
8586 else if (bytepos
< 0)
8588 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
8589 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8595 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
8596 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
8603 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
8604 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
8605 enum machine_mode mode
;
8607 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8609 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8610 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8612 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8615 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8619 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
8620 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
8625 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
8631 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
8636 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
8638 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
8639 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
8647 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
8649 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
8650 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
8663 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
8667 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8668 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
8670 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8674 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
8675 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8676 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
8686 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8693 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8700 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8707 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8722 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8723 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8724 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
8727 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8728 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8731 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
8745 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8749 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8753 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
8754 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
8755 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
8756 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
8758 /* ... fall through ... */
8762 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8763 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8764 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8765 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
8766 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
8768 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8769 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
8772 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
8773 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
8775 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
8776 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
8777 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
8779 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
8780 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8781 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
8783 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8784 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
8785 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
8786 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8787 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
8792 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
8793 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
8794 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
8795 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
8798 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
8799 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
8803 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8804 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
8807 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8808 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
8810 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8812 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
8814 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
8817 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
8819 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
8825 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8826 which is not less than the value itself. */
8828 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8829 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
8831 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
8834 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8835 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8836 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8840 field_type (tree decl
)
8844 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8845 return integer_type_node
;
8847 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
8848 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
8849 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
8854 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8855 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8856 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8858 static inline unsigned
8859 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type
)
8861 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8864 static inline unsigned
8865 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl
)
8867 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8870 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8871 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8872 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8873 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8874 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8877 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8878 field_byte_offset (tree decl
)
8880 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
8881 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
8882 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
8883 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
8885 tree field_size_tree
;
8886 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
8887 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
8888 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
8890 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8892 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
8895 type
= field_type (decl
);
8896 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
8898 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8899 a flexible array member. */
8900 if (! field_size_tree
)
8901 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
8903 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8904 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8905 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8906 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
8909 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
8911 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8912 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
8913 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
8915 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
8917 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
8918 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
8919 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
8921 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8922 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8923 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8924 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8925 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8926 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
8927 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
8928 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
8930 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8932 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
8933 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
8934 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
8935 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
8936 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
8937 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
8938 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
8939 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
8940 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
8941 bits of the bit-field itself.
8943 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
8944 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
8945 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
8946 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
8947 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
8948 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
8949 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
8950 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
8951 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
8953 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
8954 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
8955 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
8956 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
8957 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
8958 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
8960 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
8961 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
8962 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
8964 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
8965 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
8966 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
8968 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
8969 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
8970 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
8971 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
8973 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
8975 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
8976 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
8978 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
8979 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
8980 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
8981 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
8984 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8987 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
8988 associated with them. */
8990 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
8992 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
8993 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
8994 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
8997 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
8998 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
9001 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
9004 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9005 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9006 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9007 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9008 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9009 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9012 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9013 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9014 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9015 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9016 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9017 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9018 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9019 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9020 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9024 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9026 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
9027 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9029 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
9031 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9032 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9034 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9035 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9036 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9037 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9039 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9041 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9043 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9045 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9046 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9047 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9049 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9050 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9051 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9053 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9054 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9058 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9059 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9060 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9061 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9063 /* Extract the offset. */
9064 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9065 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9067 /* Add it to the object address. */
9068 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9069 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9072 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9075 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9079 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9081 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9082 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9083 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9085 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9086 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9087 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9091 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9094 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9097 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9100 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9101 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9102 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9103 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9104 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9107 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
9109 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9112 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
9113 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
9114 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
9115 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
9116 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
9118 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9121 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
9123 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
9128 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9129 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9130 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9131 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9133 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9135 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
9137 unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
9138 long *array
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
9141 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9142 real_to_target (array
, &rv
, mode
);
9144 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
9148 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9149 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9152 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9153 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9159 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9165 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9166 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
9170 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9171 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9172 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9173 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9174 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9175 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9176 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9177 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9178 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9179 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9180 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9184 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9191 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
9195 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9196 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9197 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9199 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9200 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9201 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9202 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9203 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9204 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9205 referenced within the function.
9207 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9208 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9209 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9210 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9212 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9213 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9214 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9215 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9216 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9217 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9219 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9220 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9221 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9222 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9223 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9224 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9225 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9226 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9227 output at debug-time.
9229 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9230 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9231 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9232 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9233 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9234 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9235 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9236 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9237 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9238 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9239 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9240 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9241 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9243 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9244 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9245 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9246 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9247 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9248 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9249 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9250 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9253 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9254 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9255 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9256 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9257 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9258 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9259 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9260 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9261 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9262 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9263 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9264 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9265 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9268 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9269 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
9271 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9272 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9274 if (! reload_completed
)
9277 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
9278 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9279 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
9280 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
9281 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
9282 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
9284 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9289 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
9291 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
9293 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
9294 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
9296 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9297 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9298 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9299 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
9300 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9301 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9302 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9303 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
9304 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
9305 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9308 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9309 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9310 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9311 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9312 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9313 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9315 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9316 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
9317 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9318 /* Not passed in memory. */
9319 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
9320 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9321 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
9322 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9323 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9324 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9325 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9328 /* Big endian correction check. */
9330 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
9331 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
9334 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
9335 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
9337 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9338 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
9342 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
9344 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
9345 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9346 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9347 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
9351 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9352 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9353 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9354 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
9356 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9357 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9358 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == STRING_CST
9359 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9361 tree arrtype
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9362 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (arrtype
);
9363 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype
);
9364 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9365 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9367 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9369 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9370 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9371 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9372 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9373 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9374 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
));
9376 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9377 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9378 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9379 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
9380 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == REAL_CST
)
9382 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
9383 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9384 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9385 if (rtl
&& GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
9391 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9393 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9394 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9395 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9397 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
9402 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
9403 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9404 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9405 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9406 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9407 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9408 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9409 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9410 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9411 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9414 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9417 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9419 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9421 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
9424 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
9425 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9428 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9431 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9432 don't emit anything. */
9442 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9443 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
9447 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl
))
9449 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9450 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9451 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9452 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9453 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
, 1);
9460 descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9462 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9467 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
9468 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
9469 enum machine_mode mode
;
9472 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9473 descr
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
9474 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
9475 add_loc_descr (&descr
,
9476 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
9477 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
9479 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
9481 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
9482 add_loc_descr (&descr
, temp
);
9483 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
9484 add_loc_descr (&descr
,
9485 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
9486 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
9489 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9497 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9498 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9499 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9502 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
9504 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9505 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9507 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
9508 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
9513 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9516 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
9517 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9518 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
9520 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9521 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
9522 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
9529 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9530 the value of the attribute. */
9533 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
9535 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
9537 if (demangle_name_func
)
9538 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
9540 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
9544 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9547 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
9549 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
9551 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
9554 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9555 a representation for that bound. */
9558 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
9560 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
9565 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9567 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
9568 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
9569 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
9570 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
9571 /* use the default */
9574 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
9579 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9580 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9581 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
9585 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9586 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9587 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9588 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9589 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9590 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9591 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9592 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9593 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9594 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9595 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9596 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9597 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9598 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9599 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9600 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9601 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9602 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9604 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9605 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9606 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9607 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
9608 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
9610 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9611 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9612 rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
9614 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9615 it references an outer function's frame. */
9616 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
9618 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
9620 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
9621 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
9624 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9625 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9626 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
,
9627 loc_descriptor (loc
));
9628 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9631 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9637 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
9639 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9640 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9641 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9642 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9644 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
9645 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9651 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9652 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9654 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
9655 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9657 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
9661 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
9662 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
9664 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9666 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9667 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9668 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9669 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9670 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9672 bound
= build (SAVE_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), bound
,
9673 current_function_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
9675 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9676 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9677 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9678 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9680 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9686 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9687 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9690 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
)
9692 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9693 unsigned dimension_number
;
9696 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9698 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9699 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9700 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9701 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9702 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9703 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9704 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9705 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9707 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9708 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9709 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9710 gen_array_type_die. */
9711 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9712 for (dimension_number
= 0;
9713 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
9714 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
9717 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9719 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9720 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9722 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
9725 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9726 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
9727 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
9729 /* Define the index type. */
9730 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
9732 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9733 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9734 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9735 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9736 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
9737 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9738 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
9741 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
9745 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9746 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9748 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9749 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9750 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9752 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
9754 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
9757 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9758 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9764 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
9768 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
9776 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
9777 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
9780 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9781 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9782 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9783 even for bit-fields. */
9784 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9790 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9791 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9792 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9793 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9794 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
9797 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9798 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9799 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9802 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9803 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9804 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9805 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9806 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9807 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9809 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9810 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9811 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9814 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9816 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9817 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9818 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9819 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
9820 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
9821 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
9823 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9825 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9828 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9829 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9830 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9831 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
9832 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9835 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9837 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9838 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
9839 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
9840 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
9841 below must take account of these differences. */
9842 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9843 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
9845 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9847 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
9848 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9852 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9853 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
9854 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
9856 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
9859 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9860 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9863 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9865 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9866 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
9867 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
9870 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9871 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
9874 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9875 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9878 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
9880 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
9881 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
9882 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
9885 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9886 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9890 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
9892 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
9894 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
9896 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9897 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9898 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9900 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9901 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9905 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
9907 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
9909 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
9912 if (DECL_P (origin
))
9913 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
9914 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
9915 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
9917 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
9920 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
9923 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
9926 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
9928 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
9930 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
9932 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
9933 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
9934 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
9935 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
9938 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
9939 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
9940 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
9941 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
9945 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
9948 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9950 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
9952 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
9953 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
9956 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
9957 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
9960 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9964 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
9965 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
9967 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
9968 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
9969 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
9971 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
9972 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
9973 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
9974 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
9975 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
9976 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
9979 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9980 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
9981 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
9982 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
9984 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
9985 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
9986 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
9991 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
9994 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
9996 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
9999 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10002 pop_decl_scope (void)
10004 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
10007 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
10010 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10011 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10012 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10013 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10014 the current active scope. */
10017 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10019 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
10020 tree containing_scope
;
10023 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10027 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
10029 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10030 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
10032 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
10035 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10038 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10039 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10040 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10041 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
10042 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10044 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
10045 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10046 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
10048 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10049 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10050 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10051 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10052 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
10057 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10058 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
10061 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10062 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10065 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10068 scope_die
= context_die
;
10073 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10076 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10078 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10079 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10080 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10086 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10087 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10090 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10092 return (context_die
10093 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10094 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
10095 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
10098 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10099 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10100 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10103 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
10104 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10106 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10107 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
10109 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10110 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10111 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10112 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10113 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
10114 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
10115 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10117 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
10118 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10119 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10120 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10121 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
10124 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
10125 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
10126 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
10129 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
10130 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
10133 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10134 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10135 was declared without a tag. */
10137 static const char *
10138 type_tag (tree type
)
10140 const char *name
= 0;
10142 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
10146 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10147 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10148 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
10150 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10151 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10153 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10154 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10155 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
10157 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10159 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
10162 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
10165 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10166 for bit field types. */
10169 member_declared_type (tree member
)
10171 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
10172 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
10175 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10176 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10179 static const char *
10180 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
10183 const char *fnname
;
10185 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10186 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
10190 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
10193 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
10198 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10199 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10200 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10203 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10205 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10206 dw_die_ref array_die
;
10209 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10210 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10211 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10212 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10213 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10216 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
10217 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
10218 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
10220 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
10222 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10223 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10224 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
10225 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
10229 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10230 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10231 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10232 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10233 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10234 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10235 for multidimensional arrays. */
10236 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
10239 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10240 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10241 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10242 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
10243 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10246 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
10248 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10249 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10251 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10252 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10253 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10254 add_subscript_info. */
10255 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10256 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10257 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
10259 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
10262 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10266 gen_set_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10268 dw_die_ref type_die
10269 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10271 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10272 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10277 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10279 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10280 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
10282 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10283 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
10286 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10287 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10288 0, 0, context_die
);
10291 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10292 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
10294 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
10298 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10299 emit full debugging info for them. */
10302 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10306 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
10307 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
10310 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10313 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10315 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
10317 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10318 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10319 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10322 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10325 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10327 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
10329 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10330 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10331 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10334 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10337 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10339 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
10341 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10342 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10343 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10346 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10347 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10348 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10352 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10354 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10356 if (type_die
== NULL
)
10358 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
10359 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10360 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10361 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10363 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10366 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10368 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10369 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10370 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10371 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10375 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10376 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10377 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10378 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10380 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10381 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10382 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10383 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
10385 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
10386 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10388 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
10390 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
10391 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
10393 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
),
10394 TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (link
)))))
10396 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
10397 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10398 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10400 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10401 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 1));
10406 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10409 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10410 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10413 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10414 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10415 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10416 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10417 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10418 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10419 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10420 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10423 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10425 dw_die_ref parm_die
10426 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
10429 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
10432 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
10433 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10434 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
10437 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
10438 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
10439 TREE_READONLY (node
),
10440 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
10442 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
10443 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10446 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
10447 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
10448 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
);
10453 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10454 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10464 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10465 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10468 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10470 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
10473 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10474 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10475 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10476 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10479 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10482 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
10483 tree first_parm_type
;
10486 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10488 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
10489 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
10494 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10496 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10497 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10498 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
10500 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
10502 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
10503 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
10506 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10507 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
10508 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
10509 && link
== first_parm_type
)
10510 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
10511 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10513 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
10515 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
10518 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10519 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10520 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
10521 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
10523 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10524 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10525 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10526 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
10527 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10528 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
10531 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10532 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10533 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10534 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10535 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10538 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10540 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10542 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10543 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10544 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
10545 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
10547 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
10550 push_decl_scope (type
);
10551 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10552 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10554 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10560 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10561 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10564 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
10566 dw_die_ref old_die
;
10569 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
10571 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10572 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
10574 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10575 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10576 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10579 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10580 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10581 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10583 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10585 gen_type_die_for_member
10586 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
10589 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10590 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
10591 current_function_decl
= decl
;
10593 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
10594 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
10595 if (! was_abstract
)
10596 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
10598 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
10601 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10605 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10607 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10608 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10609 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
10613 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10614 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
10615 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
10617 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10618 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10619 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10620 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10621 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10623 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10624 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
10631 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10633 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
10636 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10637 inline function. */
10638 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10639 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
10641 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10642 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
10646 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10648 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
10649 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10650 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10651 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10652 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10654 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10655 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10656 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10657 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10658 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10664 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10665 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10666 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10667 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10668 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10669 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10670 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10671 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
10672 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10673 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
10674 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10675 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
10677 subr_die
= old_die
;
10679 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10680 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10681 remove_children (subr_die
);
10685 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10686 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
10687 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10688 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10689 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10690 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10692 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10697 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10699 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10700 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10702 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
10703 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10705 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10706 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10707 0, 0, context_die
);
10710 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10711 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10712 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10714 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10715 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10716 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10717 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10722 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10724 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10726 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10727 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10728 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10729 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10730 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10731 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10734 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10736 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
10738 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
10739 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
10741 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
10745 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
10746 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
10748 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
10751 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10753 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
10755 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10756 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10758 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10759 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10760 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
10761 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10762 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10763 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
10765 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
10766 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
10768 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10769 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10770 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
10773 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10774 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10775 variables is relative to one of them. */
10777 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
10778 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
10781 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10782 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10783 if (current_function_needs_context
)
10784 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
10785 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl
)));
10789 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10790 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10791 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10792 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10793 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10794 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10795 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10796 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10797 an ellipsis at the end. */
10799 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10800 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10801 its formal parameters. */
10802 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10804 else if (declaration
)
10805 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10808 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
10809 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
10812 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10813 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10814 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
10815 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
10817 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
10818 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
10819 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10820 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10822 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10825 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10826 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10827 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10828 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10829 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10830 parameters at all. */
10831 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10832 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
10834 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
10835 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
10836 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10838 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
10839 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10842 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10843 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10844 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10846 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
10847 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
10848 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
10849 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
10850 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
10851 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
10852 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
10854 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
10855 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
10856 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
10857 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
10858 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10859 constructor function. */
10860 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
10862 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
10863 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
10865 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10866 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
10868 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10869 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
10871 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10872 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
10879 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10882 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10884 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10885 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
10887 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10888 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
10889 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
10891 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10892 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
10894 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
10895 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
10897 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
10898 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
10901 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
10902 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
10903 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
10905 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
10906 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
10907 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
10909 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10911 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10912 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10914 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10915 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10917 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
10918 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10923 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
10924 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
10925 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
10927 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10928 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10930 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10931 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10933 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10934 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10935 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10936 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10940 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10942 if (class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10943 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
10945 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10947 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10948 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
10951 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10954 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
10957 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10959 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10960 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
10962 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10964 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10965 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
10967 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
10969 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10970 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
10973 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
10975 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
10976 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
10977 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
10979 && (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
10980 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
10981 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
10983 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
10984 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
10985 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
10986 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
10987 it if it ever does happen. */
10988 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
10991 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
10992 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10997 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11000 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11002 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
11003 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11005 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11007 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
11011 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
11013 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
11016 add_ranges (chain
);
11017 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
11024 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11025 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11026 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11027 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11028 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11029 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11033 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
11036 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11039 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11041 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11043 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11044 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11045 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11046 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11047 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11049 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11051 dw_die_ref subr_die
11052 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
11053 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11055 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11056 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11057 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11058 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11059 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11060 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11061 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11062 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
11063 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
11066 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11067 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11068 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11069 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11070 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11071 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11072 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11073 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11074 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11075 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11076 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11078 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11081 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11084 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11086 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
11088 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
11091 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
11092 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11093 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
11094 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
11097 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
11099 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11100 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11101 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11104 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
11105 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11107 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11108 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11110 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11111 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11112 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11113 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11117 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11118 Use modified_type_die instead.
11119 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11120 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11123 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11126 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11128 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11129 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11130 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11133 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11134 Use modified_type_die instead.
11135 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11136 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11139 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11142 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11144 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
11145 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11146 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11150 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11153 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11156 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
11157 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11159 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11160 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11161 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
11162 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11165 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11168 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
11171 char producer
[250];
11172 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
11175 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
11179 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
11180 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11181 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
&& filename
[0] != '<')
11182 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
11185 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
11187 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11188 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11189 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11190 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11191 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11192 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11193 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11194 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11195 strcat (producer
, " -g");
11198 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
11200 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
11201 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
11202 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11203 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
11204 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
11205 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
11206 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11207 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
11208 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
11209 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
11211 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
11213 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
11217 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11220 gen_string_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11222 dw_die_ref type_die
11223 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11225 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11227 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11228 TODO: add string length info. */
11230 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
11231 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
11235 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11238 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11240 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
11242 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11243 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
11245 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
11246 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11248 if (access
== access_public_node
)
11249 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
11250 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
11251 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11254 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11257 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11260 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
11263 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11264 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11265 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11266 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11267 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11268 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11269 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11270 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11271 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11272 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11273 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11275 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11276 if (binfo
&& BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
))
11278 tree bases
= BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
);
11279 tree accesses
= BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo
);
11280 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
11283 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
11284 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
),
11285 (accesses
? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses
, i
)
11286 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
11289 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11290 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11292 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11293 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11294 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11295 do put them in the right order. */
11297 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11299 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11301 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11304 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11305 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11307 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11308 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
11311 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11313 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11315 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11319 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11320 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11321 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11324 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11326 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11327 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
11329 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
11330 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11331 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
11332 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
11334 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
11337 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
11338 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11339 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
11342 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11344 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
11345 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11347 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
11349 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
11350 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
11352 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11354 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
11356 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11359 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11361 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11362 then give a list of members. */
11363 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
11365 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11366 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11367 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11368 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11369 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11370 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11372 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11373 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11374 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11375 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
11377 push_decl_scope (type
);
11378 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
11381 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11382 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
11384 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
11386 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
11387 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11388 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
11393 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11395 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11396 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11397 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
11398 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
11402 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11405 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11407 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11408 dw_die_ref subr_die
11409 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
11410 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11412 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
11413 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
11414 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11415 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
11418 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
11421 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11423 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11426 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11429 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
11430 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
11431 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11432 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11433 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
11438 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
11439 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
11441 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
11443 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
11446 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
11449 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11451 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11452 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11455 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11456 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
11459 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11462 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11466 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11469 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11470 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11472 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11475 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11476 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == type
)
11479 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11480 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
11484 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11485 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11486 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11487 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11488 cloned type itself). */
11489 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
11490 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
11492 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11495 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11501 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
11502 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11503 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11504 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11505 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11507 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11509 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11510 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11511 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11515 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11516 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11517 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
11519 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11520 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11522 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11524 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11528 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
11529 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11533 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11534 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11537 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
11538 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11539 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11540 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11544 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11545 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11546 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11550 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
11552 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11553 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11556 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11560 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11563 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11566 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11567 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11568 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11569 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11570 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11571 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11572 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11573 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
11574 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11575 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11577 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
11579 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11582 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11583 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11584 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11589 declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
11593 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
11594 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11596 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11601 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11602 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11603 when appropriate. */
11612 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11616 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11623 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11626 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11629 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11631 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11634 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11635 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11636 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11638 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
11641 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11642 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11644 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11649 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11650 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11654 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11658 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11659 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11667 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11668 things which are local to the given block. */
11671 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11673 int must_output_die
= 0;
11676 enum tree_code origin_code
;
11678 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11679 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
11680 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
11683 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11684 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11685 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11686 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
11690 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
11691 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11696 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11697 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11698 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11699 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11700 the current block. */
11701 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11702 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
11704 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11706 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11707 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11708 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11709 must_output_die
= 1;
11712 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11713 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11714 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11715 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11716 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11717 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11718 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11719 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
11721 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11722 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11723 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11724 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11725 as being a "significant" one. */
11726 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
11728 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11729 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11730 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
11731 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11732 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
11733 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11735 must_output_die
= 1;
11741 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11742 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11743 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11744 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11745 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11746 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11747 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11748 if (must_output_die
)
11750 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11751 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11753 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11756 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11759 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11760 all of its sub-blocks. */
11763 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11768 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11769 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
11772 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11773 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11774 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11775 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11776 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11780 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11781 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11782 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11783 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11787 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11788 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
11790 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
11793 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
11794 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11797 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11798 therein) of this block. */
11799 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
11801 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
11802 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11805 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11808 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl
)
11810 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11813 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
11814 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
11815 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
11816 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
11817 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
11818 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11824 /* Returns the DIE for namespace NS or aborts.
11826 Note that namespaces don't really have a lexical context, so there's no
11827 need to pass in a context_die. They always go inside their containing
11828 namespace, or comp_unit_die if none. */
11831 force_namespace_die (tree ns
)
11835 dwarf2out_decl (ns
);
11836 ns_die
= lookup_decl_die (ns
);
11843 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
11844 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
11847 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11849 tree context
= DECL_P (thing
) ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
);
11850 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
11851 /* Force out the namespace. */
11852 context_die
= force_namespace_die (context
);
11854 return context_die
;
11857 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
11858 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
11860 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
11861 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
11864 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11866 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
11868 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11871 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
11873 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
11875 if (DECL_P (thing
))
11876 gen_decl_die (thing
, ns_context
);
11878 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
11882 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
11885 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
)
11887 dw_die_ref context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
11889 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
11890 they are an alias of. */
11891 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
11893 /* Output a real namespace. */
11894 dw_die_ref namespace_die
11895 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace
, context_die
, decl
);
11896 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
11897 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
11901 /* Output a namespace alias. */
11903 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
11904 dw_die_ref origin_die
11905 = force_namespace_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
11907 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
11908 dw_die_ref namespace_die
11909 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
11910 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
11911 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
11912 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
11916 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
11919 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11923 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
11926 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
11932 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
11933 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
11936 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11937 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
11938 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
11939 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
11940 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
11943 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
11944 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
11945 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
11947 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
11948 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
11949 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
11950 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
11951 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
11952 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
11953 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
11954 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
11955 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11957 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11958 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
11961 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
11962 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11964 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
11965 have described its return type. */
11966 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
11968 /* And its virtual context. */
11969 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11970 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
11972 /* And its containing type. */
11973 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11974 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
11975 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
11977 /* And its containing namespace. */
11978 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
11981 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
11982 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
11986 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11987 actual typedefs. */
11988 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11991 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
11992 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
11993 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
11994 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
11995 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
11996 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
11997 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11999 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12003 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
12004 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12006 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12007 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
12011 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12012 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
12016 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12017 variable declarations or definitions. */
12018 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12021 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12023 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12025 /* And its containing type. */
12026 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12027 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12028 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12030 /* And its containing namespace. */
12031 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
12033 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12034 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12035 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12037 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12038 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
12039 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12041 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
12045 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12046 anonymous unions. */
12047 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
12048 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
)
12050 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
12051 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
12056 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12057 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12060 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12061 gen_namespace_die (decl
);
12065 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
)
12066 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12072 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12075 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename
, const char *context_list
)
12077 unsigned int file_index
;
12079 if (filename
!= NULL
)
12081 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12082 tree context_list_decl
12083 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
12086 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
12087 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
12088 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12089 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12090 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
12094 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12095 compilation proper has finished. */
12098 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
12100 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12101 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12102 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12103 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12104 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12105 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12108 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12111 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
12113 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12115 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12120 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12121 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
12122 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
12123 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
12124 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
12127 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12128 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12129 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12130 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12131 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12132 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12133 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12134 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12135 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12136 with the definition of the function.
12138 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12139 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12140 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12141 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12142 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12143 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12144 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12145 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12146 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12147 that they *are* definitions).
12149 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12150 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12151 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12152 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12153 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12154 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
12157 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12158 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12159 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12160 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
12161 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12162 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12163 context_die
= NULL
;
12167 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12168 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12169 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12170 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12171 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12172 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12173 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12174 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12175 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
12178 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12179 variable declarations or definitions. */
12180 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12184 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12185 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12187 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
12192 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12193 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
12196 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12197 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12198 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
12200 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12201 comparisons have. */
12202 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
12203 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
12204 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12205 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12206 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
12211 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12212 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12215 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12216 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12217 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
12218 context_die
= NULL
;
12226 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12229 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12230 a lexical block. */
12233 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12234 unsigned int blocknum
)
12236 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12237 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12240 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12244 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
12246 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12247 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12250 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12251 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12253 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12254 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12255 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12258 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block
)
12262 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12263 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12264 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
12270 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12271 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12272 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12273 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12274 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12275 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12276 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12277 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12278 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12282 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
12285 char *save_file_name
;
12287 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12288 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12289 if (file_table_last_lookup_index
!= 0)
12292 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, file_table_last_lookup_index
);
12293 if (strcmp (file_name
, last
) == 0)
12294 return file_table_last_lookup_index
;
12297 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12298 n
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
);
12299 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
12300 if (strcmp (file_name
, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)) == 0)
12302 file_table_last_lookup_index
= i
;
12306 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12307 file_table_last_lookup_index
= n
;
12308 save_file_name
= (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name
);
12309 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, save_file_name
);
12310 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12316 maybe_emit_file (int fileno
)
12318 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& fileno
> 0)
12320 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
))
12322 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
) = ++emitcount
;
12323 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ",
12324 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
));
12325 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
12326 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, fileno
));
12327 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
12329 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
);
12336 init_file_table (void)
12338 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12339 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table
, 64, "file_table");
12340 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted
, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12342 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12343 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, NULL
);
12344 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12345 file_table_last_lookup_index
= 0;
12348 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12349 and record information relating to this source line, in
12350 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12353 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
)
12355 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
12358 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12360 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12361 if (flag_debug_asm
)
12362 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
12365 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12367 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12369 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (file_num
);
12371 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12372 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
12374 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12375 line_info_table_in_use
++;
12377 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12378 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12379 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
12381 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12383 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
12384 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12385 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
12387 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12388 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12389 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
12391 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12392 separate_line_info_table
12393 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
12394 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12395 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
12396 memset (separate_line_info_table
12397 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
12399 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12400 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
12403 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12405 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
12406 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12407 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12408 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
12412 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
12414 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12415 line_info_table_in_use
);
12417 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12418 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
12420 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12422 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
12423 (line_info_table_allocated
12424 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
12425 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
12426 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12429 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12430 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
12431 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12432 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12437 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12440 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
12442 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12444 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12445 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
12447 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12448 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
12451 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12453 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12454 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
12455 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
12457 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
12458 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
12459 "Filename we just started");
12463 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12466 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12468 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12469 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12470 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12472 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12474 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12475 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12479 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12480 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12481 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12484 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12485 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12487 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12489 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12490 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
12491 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12492 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12496 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12497 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12498 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12501 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12502 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12504 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12506 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12507 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
12508 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12509 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12513 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12516 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12518 init_file_table ();
12520 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12521 decl_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12522 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12523 decl_die_table_allocated
= DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12524 decl_die_table_in_use
= 0;
12526 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12527 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12529 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12530 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12531 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12532 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12533 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12534 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
12536 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12537 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12538 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12539 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12541 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12542 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
12544 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12545 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12546 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12547 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12548 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12549 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12550 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
12552 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
12554 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12556 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12557 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
12558 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12559 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12560 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12562 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
12564 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
12565 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12566 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
12567 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12568 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
12569 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12570 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12571 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
12572 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12573 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
12574 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12575 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
12577 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12579 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12580 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
12581 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12582 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
12585 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12588 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
12592 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12593 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12596 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12598 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
12600 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
12602 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
12603 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
12604 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
12612 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
12613 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
12616 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
12620 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12621 prune_unmark_dies (c
);
12625 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
12626 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
12629 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
12633 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
12635 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
12637 /* A reference to another DIE.
12638 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
12639 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
12641 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
)
12643 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
12644 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
=
12645 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
12651 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
12652 to DIE's children. */
12655 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
12659 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
12661 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
12664 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
12665 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
12666 if (die
->die_parent
)
12667 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
12669 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
12670 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12672 /* If this node is a specification,
12673 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
12674 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
12675 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
12678 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
12680 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
12681 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
12685 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12687 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
12688 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
12689 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
12690 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
12692 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12698 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
12701 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
12705 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
12709 switch (die
->die_tag
) {
12710 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
12711 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
12712 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
12713 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
12714 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
12715 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
12716 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
12717 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
12718 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
12719 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
12720 case DW_TAG_friend
:
12721 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
12722 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
12723 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
12724 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
12725 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
12726 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
12727 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
12728 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
12729 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
12733 /* Mark everything else. */
12739 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
12740 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12742 /* Mark children. */
12743 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12744 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12748 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
12751 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
12753 dw_die_ref c
, p
, n
;
12754 if (!die
->die_mark
)
12758 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= n
)
12763 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
12771 die
->die_child
= n
;
12778 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
12781 prune_unused_types (void)
12784 limbo_die_node
*node
;
12786 /* Clear all the marks. */
12787 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12788 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12789 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12791 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
12792 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
12793 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12794 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
12796 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
12797 pubname_table or arange_table. */
12798 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
12799 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table
[i
].die
, 1);
12800 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
12801 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
12803 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
12804 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
12805 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12806 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
12808 /* Leave the marks clear. */
12809 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12810 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12811 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12814 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
12815 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
12818 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
12820 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
12821 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
12823 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
12824 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
12825 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, filename
);
12826 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
12827 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
12828 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
12831 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
12832 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
12833 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12834 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != '<')
12836 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
12841 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
12842 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
12843 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
12844 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
12846 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
12848 next_node
= node
->next
;
12851 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12853 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
12857 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
12858 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
12860 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
12861 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
12862 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
12863 else if (node
->created_for
12864 && TREE_CODE (node
->created_for
) == SAVE_EXPR
12865 && 0 != (origin
= (lookup_decl_die
12867 (node
->created_for
)))))
12868 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12869 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
12870 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
12871 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
12872 else if (node
->created_for
12873 && ((DECL_P (node
->created_for
)
12874 && (context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
)))
12875 || (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
)
12876 && (context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
))))
12877 && TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12879 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
12880 nested function can be optimized away, which results
12881 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
12882 with the return type of that nested function. Force
12883 this to be a child of the containing function. */
12884 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
12887 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12894 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
12896 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
12897 emit full debugging info for them. */
12898 retry_incomplete_types ();
12900 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
12901 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
12902 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12904 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
12905 prune_unused_types ();
12907 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
12908 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
12909 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12910 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
12912 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
12913 that have children. */
12914 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
12915 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12916 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
12918 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
12920 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12922 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
12923 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
12924 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
12925 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
12926 examining the file. */
12927 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12929 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12930 output_line_info ();
12933 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
12934 if (have_location_lists
)
12936 /* Output the location lists info. */
12937 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12938 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
12939 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12940 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
12941 output_location_lists (die
);
12942 have_location_lists
= 0;
12945 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
12947 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
12949 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
12950 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
12953 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
12954 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
12955 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
12956 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
12958 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12959 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
12960 debug_line_section_label
);
12962 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12963 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
12965 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
12966 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
12967 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12968 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
12970 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
12972 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
12973 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12974 output_abbrev_section ();
12976 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
12977 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
12979 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12980 output_pubnames ();
12983 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
12984 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
12985 if (fde_table_in_use
)
12987 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12991 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
12992 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
12994 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12995 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
12999 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
13000 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13002 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13003 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
13004 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13007 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13009 if (debug_str_hash
)
13010 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
13014 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13015 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
13017 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13019 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"